LLVM 23.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
51#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
58#include <algorithm>
59#include <cassert>
60#include <climits>
61#include <cstdint>
62#include <map>
63#include <string>
64#include <utility>
65#include <vector>
66
67namespace llvm {
68
69class AssumptionCache;
70class CCState;
71class CCValAssign;
74class Constant;
75class FastISel;
77class GlobalValue;
78class Loop;
80class IntrinsicInst;
81class IRBuilderBase;
82struct KnownBits;
83class LLVMContext;
85class MachineFunction;
86class MachineInstr;
88class MachineLoop;
90class MCContext;
91class MCExpr;
92class Module;
95class TargetMachine;
99class Value;
100class VPIntrinsic;
101
102namespace Sched {
103
105 None, // No preference
106 Source, // Follow source order.
107 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
108 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
109 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
110 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
111 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
112 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
113 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
114};
115
116} // end namespace Sched
117
118// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
119struct MemOp {
120private:
121 // Shared
122 uint64_t Size;
123 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
124 // constraint.
125 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
126
127 bool AllowOverlap;
128 // memset only
129 bool IsMemset; // If setthis memory operation is a memset.
130 bool ZeroMemset; // If set clears out memory with zeros.
131 // memcpy only
132 bool MemcpyStrSrc; // Indicates whether the memcpy source is an in-register
133 // constant so it does not need to be loaded.
134 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
135 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
136public:
137 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
138 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
139 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
140 MemOp Op;
141 Op.Size = Size;
142 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
143 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
144 Op.AllowOverlap = !IsVolatile;
145 Op.IsMemset = false;
146 Op.ZeroMemset = false;
147 Op.MemcpyStrSrc = MemcpyStrSrc;
148 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
149 return Op;
150 }
151
152 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
153 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
154 MemOp Op;
155 Op.Size = Size;
156 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
157 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
158 Op.AllowOverlap = !IsVolatile;
159 Op.IsMemset = true;
160 Op.ZeroMemset = IsZeroMemset;
161 Op.MemcpyStrSrc = false;
162 return Op;
163 }
164
165 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
167 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
168 return DstAlign;
169 }
170 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
171 bool allowOverlap() const { return AllowOverlap; }
172 bool isMemset() const { return IsMemset; }
173 bool isMemcpy() const { return !IsMemset; }
175 return isMemcpy() && !DstAlignCanChange;
176 }
177 bool isZeroMemset() const { return isMemset() && ZeroMemset; }
178 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const {
179 assert(isMemcpy() && "Must be a memcpy");
180 return MemcpyStrSrc;
181 }
183 assert(isMemcpy() && "Must be a memcpy");
184 return SrcAlign;
185 }
186 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
187 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
188 }
189 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
190 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
191 }
192 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
193 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
194 }
195};
196
197/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
198/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
200public:
201 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
202 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
204 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
205 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
206 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
207 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
208 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
209 };
210
211 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
212 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
214 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
215 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
216 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
217 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
218 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
219 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
220 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
221 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
222 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
223 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left
224 // unimplemented. While it is theoretically
225 // possible to legalize operations on scalable
226 // types with a loop that handles the vscale *
227 // #lanes of the vector, this is non-trivial at
228 // SelectionDAG level and these types are
229 // better to be widened or promoted.
230 };
231
232 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
233 /// in order to type-legalize it.
234 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
235
236 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
238 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
239 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
240 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
241 };
242
243 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
245 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
246 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
247 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
248 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
249 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
250 };
251
252 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
253 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
254 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
255 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
257 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
258 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
259 // floating-point to integer type.
260 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
261 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
262 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
263 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
264 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
265 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
266 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
267 // operations; used by X86.
268 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
269 // operations; used by X86.
270 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
271 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
272
273 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
274 // environment.
276 };
277
278 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
279 enum class MulExpansionKind {
280 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
281 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
282 // or custom.
283 };
284
285 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
286 enum class NegatibleCost {
287 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
288 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
289 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
290 };
291
292 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
293 /// (setcc ...)).
295 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
296 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
297 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
298 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
299 };
300
302 public:
305 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
307 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
309 bool IsSExt : 1;
310 bool IsZExt : 1;
311 bool IsNoExt : 1;
312 bool IsInReg : 1;
313 bool IsSRet : 1;
314 bool IsNest : 1;
315 bool IsByVal : 1;
316 bool IsByRef : 1;
317 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
319 bool IsReturned : 1;
320 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
321 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
322 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
324 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
325 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
326
333
336
338
339 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
340 };
341 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
342
344 switch (Content) {
346 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
347 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
349 // Extend by adding zero bits.
350 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
352 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
353 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
354 }
355 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
356 }
357
358 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
359 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
363
364 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
365 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
366 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
367 }
368
369protected:
370 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
371 void initActions();
372
373public:
374 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
375
376 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
377
378 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
379 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
380 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
381 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
382 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
383 }
384
385 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
386 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
387 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
388 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
389 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
390 }
391
392 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
393 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
395 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
396 }
397
398 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
399 /// address space specified through the data layout.
401 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
402 }
403
404 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
405 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
406 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
407 return getPointerTy(DL);
408 }
409
410 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
411 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
412 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
413 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
414
415 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
416 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
417 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
418 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
419 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
420
421 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
422 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
424 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
425 return ShiftValueTy;
426 }
427
428 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
429 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
430 /// pointer.
431 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
432 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
433 }
434
435 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
436 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
437 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
441
442 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
443 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
444 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
447 }
448
449 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
450 /// ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
451 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
452 /// to any larger type.
453 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
454
455 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
456 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
457 /// implementation does nothing.
461
462 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
463 /// The default implementation does nothing.
468
470 getLoadMemOperandFlags(const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL,
471 AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
472 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr) const;
473 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
474 const DataLayout &DL) const;
475 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
476 const DataLayout &DL) const;
478 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
479
480 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
481 return true;
482 }
483
484 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
485 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
486 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
487 return true;
488 }
489
490 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
491 bool IsScalable) const {
492 return true;
493 }
494
495 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be
496 /// expanded using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
497 virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const { return true; }
498
499 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
500 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
501 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(Type *RetTy, ElementCount EC,
502 bool ZeroIsPoison,
503 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
504
505 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.vector.match intrinsic should be
506 /// expanded for vector type `VT' and search size `SearchSize' using generic
507 /// code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
508 virtual bool shouldExpandVectorMatch(EVT VT, unsigned SearchSize) const {
509 return true;
510 }
511
512 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
513 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
514 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
515 return true;
516 }
517
518 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
519 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
520 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
521 /// integer compare.
522 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
523 return true;
524 }
525
526 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
527 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
528 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
529 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
530 /// users.
531 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
532
533 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
534 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
535
536 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
539 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
541 return TypeScalarizeVector;
542 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
543 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
544 return TypeWidenVector;
545 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
546 return TypePromoteInteger;
547 }
548
549 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
550 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
551 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
552 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
553 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
554
555 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
556 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
557 // them together.
558 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
559 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
560 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
561 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
562 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
563 // provided.
564 virtual bool
566 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
567 return DefinedValues < 3;
568 }
569
570 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
571 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
572 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
573 /// for speed or for size.
574 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
575
576 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
577 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
578 return true;
579 }
580
581 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
582 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
583 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
584 return false;
585 }
586
587 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
592 };
593
594 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
595 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
596 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
597 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
598 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
599
600 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
601 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
602 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
603 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
604 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
605
606 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
607 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
608 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
609 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
610 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
611
612 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
613 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
614 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
615 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
616 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
617
618 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
619 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
620
621 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
622 /// fast types
624 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
625 }
626
627 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
628 /// avoided.
629 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
630
631 // Costs parameters used by
632 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
633 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
634 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
635 // be split into two branches or left as one.
636 //
637 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
638 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
639 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
640 // they will be split.
641 //
642 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
643 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
644 //
645 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
646 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
647 //
648 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
649 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
655 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
656 // or split them into two separate branches.
657 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
658 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
659 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
660 virtual CondMergingParams
662 const Value *) const {
663 // -1 will always result in splitting.
664 return {-1, -1, -1};
665 }
666
667 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
668 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
672
673 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
674 return false;
675 }
676
677 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
678 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
679 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
680 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
681 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
682 /// dag combiner.
683 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
684 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
685 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
686
687 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
688 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
689 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
690 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
691 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
692 // Default to the same logic as loads.
693 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
694 }
695
696 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
697 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
698 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
699 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
700 unsigned NumElem,
701 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
702 return IsZero;
703 }
704
705 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
706 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
707 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
708 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
709 return true;
710 }
711
712 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
713 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
714 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
715 return true;
716 }
717
718 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
719 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
720 return false;
721 }
722
723 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
724 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
725 return false;
726 }
727
728 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
729 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
730 return false;
731 }
732
733 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
734 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
735 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
736 }
737
738 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
739 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
740 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
741 return 1;
742 }
743
744 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
745 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
746 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
747
748 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
749 /// gen prepare.
750 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
751
752 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
753 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
754 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
755 return false;
756 }
757
758 /// Return if the target supports combining a
759 /// chain like:
760 /// \code
761 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
762 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
763 /// \endcode
764 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
765 /// \code
766 /// cc = test %register, #mask
767 /// \endcode
768 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
769 return false;
770 }
771
772 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
773 virtual bool
775 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
776 return true;
777 }
778
779 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
780 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
781 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
782 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
783 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
784 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
785 return false;
786 }
787
788 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
789 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
790 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
791 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
792 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
793 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
795 }
796
797 /// Return true if the target should transform:
798 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
799 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
800 ///
801 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
802 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
803 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
804 ///
805 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
806 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
807 /// predicate, for example:
808 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
809 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
810 return false;
811 }
812
813 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
814 /// X = ~A & B
815 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
816 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
817 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
818 // it has this operation too.
819 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
820 }
821
822 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
823 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
824 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
825 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
826 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
827
828 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
829 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
830 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
831 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
832 /// Return false if there is no preference.
834 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
835 return false;
836 }
837
838 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
839 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
840 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
841 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
842 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
843 return true;
844 }
845
846 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
847 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
848 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
849 /// Into it's more traditional form:
850 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
851 /// Return true if we should transform.
852 /// Return false if there is no preference.
854 unsigned KeptBits) const {
855 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
856 return false;
857 }
858
859 /// Given the pattern
860 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
861 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
862 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
863 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
864 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
865 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
868 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
869 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
870 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
871 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
872 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
873 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
874
875 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
876 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
877 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
878
879 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
880 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
881 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
882 }
883
884 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
885 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
886 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
887 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
888 return !XC;
889 }
890
891 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
892 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
893 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
894 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
895 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
896 //
897 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
898 // equals.
899 //
900 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
901 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
902 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
904 SDValue IntPow2) const {
905 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
906 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
907 }
908
909 // Given:
910 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
911 // or
912 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, CPow2))
913
914 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
915 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
916 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
917 // Note: Its only valid to convert the rotate version to the shift version iff
918 // the shift-amt (`C1`) is a power of 2 (including 0).
919 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
921 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
922 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
923 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
924 return ShiftOpc;
925 }
926
927 /// These two forms are equivalent:
928 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
929 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
930 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
931 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
932 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
933 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
934 return true;
935 }
936
937 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
938 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
939 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
940 return true;
941 }
942
943 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
944 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
945
946 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
947 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
948 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
949 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
950 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
951 return true;
952 }
953
954 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
955 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
956 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
958
959 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
960 /// Idx).
961 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
962 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
963 unsigned &Cost) const {
964 return false;
965 }
966
967 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
968 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
969 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
970 /// this is true.
972 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
973 return false;
974 }
975
976 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
977 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
978 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
979 return false;
980 }
981
982 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
983 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
984 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
985 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
986
987 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
988 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
989 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
990 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
991
992 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
993 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
994 EVT VT) const;
995
996 /// Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls. Comparison libcalls include
997 /// floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered check calls on
998 /// floating point numbers.
999 virtual
1000 MVT::SimpleValueType getCmpLibcallReturnType() const;
1001
1002 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1003 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1004 ///
1005 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1006 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1007 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1008 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1009 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1010 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1011 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1012 ///
1013 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1014 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1015 BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const {
1016 if (isVec)
1017 return BooleanVectorContents;
1018 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1019 }
1020
1022 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1023 }
1024
1025 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1026 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1027 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1028 ///
1029 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1031 EVT ValVT) const {
1032 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1033 EVT BoolVT =
1034 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1036 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1037 }
1038
1039 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1041 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1042 }
1043
1044 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1045 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1046 /// the given node.
1048 return Sched::None;
1049 }
1050
1051 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1052 /// type.
1053 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1054 (void)isDivergent;
1055 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1056 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1057 return RC;
1058 }
1059
1060 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1061 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1062 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1064 const Value *) const {
1065 return false;
1066 }
1067
1068 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1069 /// type.
1070 ///
1071 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1072 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1073 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1074 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1075 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1076 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1077 return RC;
1078 }
1079
1080 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1081 /// value type.
1083 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1084 }
1085
1086 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1087 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1093 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1095 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1096 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1099 }
1100
1101 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1102 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1103 /// promotions or expansions.
1104 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1105 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1106 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1107 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1108 }
1109
1111 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1112 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1113 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1114
1115 public:
1116 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1117
1119 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1120 }
1121
1123 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1124 }
1125 };
1126
1128 return ValueTypeActions;
1129 }
1130
1131 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1132 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1133 ///
1134 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1135 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1136 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1137 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1138 ///
1139 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1140 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1141 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1142 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1143 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1144 /// integer type to transform to.
1145 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1146
1147 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1148 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1149 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1150 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1152 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1153 }
1155 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1156 }
1157
1158 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1159 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1160 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1161 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1162 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1163 /// to transform to.
1164 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1165 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1166 }
1167
1168 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1169 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1171 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1172 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1173 VT = LegalVT;
1174 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1175 }
1176 return LegalVT;
1177 }
1178
1179 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1180 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1181 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1182 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1183 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1184 assert(!VT.isVector());
1185 while (true) {
1186 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1187 case TypeLegal:
1188 return VT;
1189 case TypeExpandInteger:
1190 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1191 break;
1192 default:
1193 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1194 }
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1199 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1200 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1201 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1202 ///
1203 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1204 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1205 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1206 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
1207 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1208 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1209 MVT &RegisterVT) const;
1210
1211 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1212 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1213 /// vector type is legal.
1215 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1216 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1217 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, IntermediateVT, NumIntermediates,
1218 RegisterVT);
1219 }
1220
1222 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1223 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1224
1225 // value representing memory location
1227
1228 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1229 // unknown address space.
1230 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1231
1232 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1233 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1234 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1235 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1236
1241 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1242 };
1243
1244 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1245 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it stores
1246 /// the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo vector passed to the
1247 /// function. The vector may contain multiple entries for intrinsics that
1248 /// access multiple memory locations.
1250 const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF,
1251 unsigned Intrinsic) const {}
1252
1253 /// Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP
1254 /// immediate natively. If false, the legalizer will materialize the FP
1255 /// immediate as a load from a constant pool.
1256 virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1257 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1258 return false;
1259 }
1260
1261 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1262 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1263 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1264 /// legal.
1265 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1266 return true;
1267 }
1268
1269 /// Returns true if the operation can trap for the value type.
1270 ///
1271 /// VT must be a legal type. By default, we optimistically assume most
1272 /// operations don't trap except for integer divide and remainder.
1273 virtual bool canOpTrap(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const;
1274
1275 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1276 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1277 /// constant pool entry.
1279 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1280 return false;
1281 }
1282
1283 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1285 return Legal;
1286 }
1287
1288 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1289 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1290 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1292 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1293 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1294 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1295 return Custom;
1296 if (VT.isExtended())
1297 return Expand;
1298 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1299 }
1300
1301 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1302 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1303 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1304 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1305 unsigned Scale) const {
1306 return false;
1307 }
1308
1309 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1310 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1311 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1312 /// depend on scale.
1314 unsigned Scale) const {
1315 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1316 if (Action != Legal)
1317 return Action;
1318
1319 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1320 // scales.
1321 bool Supported;
1322 switch (Op) {
1323 default:
1324 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1325 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1326 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1327 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1328 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1329 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1330 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1331 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1332 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1333 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1334 break;
1335 }
1336
1337 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1338 }
1339
1340 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1341 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1343 unsigned EqOpc;
1344 switch (Op) {
1345 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1346#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1347 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1348#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1349 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1350#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1351 }
1352
1353 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1354 }
1355
1356 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1357 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1358 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1359 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1361 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1362 if (LegalOnly)
1363 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1364
1365 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1366 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1367 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1368 }
1369
1370 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1371 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1372 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1373 /// pre and post legalisation.
1375 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1376 if (LegalOnly)
1377 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1378
1379 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1380 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1381 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1382 }
1383
1384 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1385 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1386 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1387 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1389 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1390 if (LegalOnly)
1391 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1392
1393 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1394 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1395 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1396 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1397 }
1398
1399 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1400 /// the type is legal or not.
1401 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1402 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1403 }
1404
1405 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1406 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1407 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1408 return false;
1409
1410 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1412 }
1413
1414 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1415 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1416 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1417 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1418 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1419 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1420 return Range <= BW;
1421 }
1422
1423 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1424 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1425 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1427 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1428
1429 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1430 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1431 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1432
1433 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1434 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1435 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1436 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1437 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1440 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1441 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1442 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1443 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1444 // build bit tests.
1445
1446 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1447 // machine word.
1448 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1449 return false;
1450
1451 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1452 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1453 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1454 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1455 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1456 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1457 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1458 }
1459
1460 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1461 // be Arch Target specific.
1462 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1463 return false;
1464
1465 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1466 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1467 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1468 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1469 // better.
1470 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1471 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1472 }
1473
1474 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1475 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1476 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1477 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1478 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1479 }
1480
1481 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1482 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1483 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1484 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1485 }
1486
1487 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1488 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1489 }
1490
1491 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1492 /// through `setLoadExtAction` and `setAtomicLoadExtAction`) yield
1493 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1494 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1495 /// types.
1496 virtual LegalizeAction
1497 getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1498 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1500 }
1501
1502 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1503 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1504 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1505 LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1506 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1507 bool Atomic) const {
1508 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1509 return Expand;
1510 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1511 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1513 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1514 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1515
1516 LegalizeAction Action;
1517 if (Atomic) {
1518 Action =
1519 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1520 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1521 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1522 } else {
1523 Action = (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1524 }
1525
1526 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1527 return getCustomLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType,
1528 Atomic);
1529 }
1530
1531 return Action;
1532 }
1533
1534 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1535 bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1536 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1537 return getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic) ==
1538 Legal;
1539 }
1540
1541 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1542 /// on this target.
1543 bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1544 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1545 bool Atomic) const {
1546 LegalizeAction Action =
1547 getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic);
1548 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1549 }
1550
1551 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1552 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1553 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1555 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended()) return Expand;
1556 unsigned ValI = (unsigned) ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1557 unsigned MemI = (unsigned) MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1559 "Table isn't big enough!");
1560 return TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1561 }
1562
1563 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1564 /// target.
1565 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const {
1566 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) && getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT) == Legal;
1567 }
1568
1569 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1570 /// target.
1571 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const {
1572 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1573 (getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT) == Legal ||
1574 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT) == Custom);
1575 }
1576
1577 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT,
1578 bool LegalOnly) const {
1579 if (LegalOnly)
1580 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT);
1581
1582 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT);
1583 }
1584
1585 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1586 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1587 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1588 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1589 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1590 }
1591
1592 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1593 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1594 return VT.isSimple() &&
1595 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1596 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1597 }
1598
1599 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1600 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1601 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1602 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1603 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1604 }
1605
1606 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1607 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1608 return VT.isSimple() &&
1609 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1610 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1611 }
1612
1613 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1614 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1615 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1616 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1617 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1618 }
1619
1620 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1621 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1622 return VT.isSimple() &&
1623 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1625 }
1626
1627 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1628 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1629 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1630 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1631 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1632 }
1633
1634 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1635 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1636 return VT.isSimple() &&
1637 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1639 }
1640
1641 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1642 /// extending
1643 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1644
1645 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1646 // on this target.
1647 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1648 return false;
1649 }
1650
1651 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1652 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1653 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1655 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1656 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1657 // element size.
1658 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1659 return false;
1660 return true;
1661 }
1662
1663 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1664 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1665 /// expander for it.
1668 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1669 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1670 "Table isn't big enough!");
1671 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1672 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1673 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1674 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1675 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1676 return Action;
1677 }
1678
1679 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1680 /// the specified types on this target.
1681 bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const {
1682 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1683 }
1684
1685 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1686 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1688 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1689 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1690 }
1691
1692 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1693 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1694 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1695 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1697 EVT InputVT) const {
1700 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1701 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1702 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1703 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1704 }
1705
1706 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1707 /// legal or custom for this target.
1709 EVT InputVT) const {
1710 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1711 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1712 }
1713
1714 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1715 /// ValueType to promote to.
1716 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1718 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1719
1720 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1721 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1723 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1724 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1725
1726 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1727 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1728
1729 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1730 MVT NVT = VT;
1731 do {
1732 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1733 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1734 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1735 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1736 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1737 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1738 return NVT;
1739 }
1740
1742 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1743 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1744 }
1745
1746 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1747 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1748 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1749 /// otherwise it will assert.
1751 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1752 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1753 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1754 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1755
1756 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1757 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1758 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1759 EVT EltVT;
1760 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1761 EltVT = getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1762 else
1763 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1764 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1765 }
1766
1767 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1768 }
1769
1771 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1772 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1773 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1774 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1775
1776 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1777 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1778 EVT EltVT;
1779 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1780 EltVT = getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1781 else
1782 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1783 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1784 }
1785
1786 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1787 }
1788
1789
1790 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1792 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1793 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1794 }
1795
1796 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1797 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1798 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1799
1800 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1802 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
1803 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1804 }
1805
1806 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1807 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1808 if (VT.isSimple())
1809 return getRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
1810 if (VT.isVector()) {
1811 EVT VT1;
1812 MVT RegisterVT;
1813 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1814 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1,
1815 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT);
1816 return RegisterVT;
1817 }
1818 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1819 return getRegisterType(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT));
1820 }
1821 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1822 }
1823
1824 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1825 /// require.
1826 ///
1827 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1828 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1829 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1830 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1831 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1832 ///
1833 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1834 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1835 virtual unsigned
1837 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1838 if (VT.isSimple()) {
1839 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
1840 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
1841 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
1842 }
1843 if (VT.isVector()) {
1844 EVT VT1;
1845 MVT VT2;
1846 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1847 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2);
1848 }
1849 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1850 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
1851 unsigned RegWidth = getRegisterType(Context, VT).getSizeInBits();
1852 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
1853 }
1854 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1855 }
1856
1857 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1858 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1859 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1861 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1862 return getRegisterType(Context, VT);
1863 }
1864
1865 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1866 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1867 /// integer register set.
1869 CallingConv::ID CC,
1870 EVT VT) const {
1871 return getNumRegisters(Context, VT);
1872 }
1873
1874 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1875 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1877 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1878 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1879 }
1880
1881 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1882 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1883 /// reduce runtime.
1884 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1885
1886 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1887 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1888 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1889 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1890 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1892 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1893 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1894 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1895 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1896 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1897 return false;
1898
1899 return true;
1900 }
1901
1902 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1903 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1904 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1905
1906 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1907 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1908 /// size.
1910 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1911 }
1912
1913 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
1914 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
1915 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
1917 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
1918 }
1919
1920 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
1921 /// perform for the specified node.
1923 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
1924 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
1925 }
1926
1929 }
1930
1931 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
1932 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
1933 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
1934 }
1935
1936 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
1937 ///
1938 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1939 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
1940 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1941 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1942 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
1943
1944 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
1945 ///
1946 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1947 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
1948 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1949 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1950 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
1951
1952 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
1953 ///
1954 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1955 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
1956 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
1957 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
1959 }
1960
1961 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
1962 ///
1963 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
1964 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
1965 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1966 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1967 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
1969 }
1970
1971 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
1972 ///
1973 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1974 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
1975 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1976 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1977 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
1978
1979 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
1980 ///
1981 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
1982 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
1983 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
1984 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
1985 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
1986 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
1987 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
1988 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
1990 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
1992 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
1993 return false;
1994 }
1995
1996 /// LLT handling variant.
1998 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2000 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2001 return false;
2002 }
2003
2004 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2005 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2006 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2007 /// access (as defined by the target).
2008 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2009 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2010 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2012 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2013
2014 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2015 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2016 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2017 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2018 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2019 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2020 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2021 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2022
2023 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2024 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2025 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2026 /// the target).
2027 virtual bool
2028 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2029 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2031 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2032
2033 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2034 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2035 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2036 /// target).
2037 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2038 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2039 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2040
2041 /// LLT handling variant.
2042 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2043 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2044 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2045
2046 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2047 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2048 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2049 /// target-independent logic.
2050 virtual EVT
2052 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2053 return MVT::Other;
2054 }
2055
2056 /// LLT returning variant.
2057 virtual LLT
2059 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2060 return LLT();
2061 }
2062
2063 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2064 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2065 ///
2066 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2067 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2068 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2069 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2070 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2071
2072 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2073 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2074
2075 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2076 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2077
2078 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2079 /// Zero if no limit.
2080 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2081
2082 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2083
2084 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2085 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2086
2087 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2088 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2090 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2091 }
2092
2093 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2094 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2095 virtual Register
2096 getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2097 return Register();
2098 }
2099
2100 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2101 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2102 virtual Register
2103 getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2104 return Register();
2105 }
2106
2107 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2108 report_fatal_error("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2109 }
2110
2111 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2113 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2114 }
2115
2116 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2117 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2118
2119 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2120 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2121
2122 /// Return the preferred loop alignment.
2123 virtual Align getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr) const;
2124
2125 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2126 /// alignment
2127 virtual unsigned
2128 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2129
2130 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2131 /// MinSize).
2132 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2133
2134 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2135 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2136 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2137 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2138 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2139 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2140
2141 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2142 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2143 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M,
2144 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2145
2146 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2147 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2148 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2149 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M,
2150 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2151
2152 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should XOR the
2153 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2154 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2155 /// if this returns true.
2156 virtual bool useStackGuardXorFP() const { return false; }
2157
2158 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2159 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2160 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2161 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2162 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M,
2163 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2164
2165protected:
2166 Value *getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2167 bool UseTLS) const;
2168
2169public:
2170 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2171 virtual Value *
2172 getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2173 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2174
2175 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2176 /// string if not applicable.
2177 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2178
2179 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2180
2182 return "";
2183 }
2184
2185 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2186 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2187 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2188 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(unsigned SrcAS, unsigned DestAS) const;
2189
2190 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2191 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2192 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2193 /// preferred alignment.
2194 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2195 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2196 return false;
2197 }
2198
2199 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2200 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2201 /// @{
2202
2203 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2204 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2205
2206 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2207 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2208 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2209
2210 /// @}
2211
2212 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2213 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2214 /// @{
2215
2216 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2217 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2218 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2219 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2221 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2222 }
2223
2224 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2225 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2227 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2228 }
2229
2230 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2231 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2233 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2234 }
2235
2236 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2237 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2238 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2239 ///
2240 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2241 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2242 /// require a more complex expansion.
2243 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2244
2245 /// Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
2246 bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const { return SupportsUnalignedAtomics; }
2247
2248 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2249 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2250 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2251 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2252 return false;
2253 }
2254
2255 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2256 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2257 /// false.
2258 virtual bool
2260 return false;
2261 }
2262
2263 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2264 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2265 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2266 virtual AtomicOrdering
2270
2271 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2272 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2273 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2274 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2275 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2276 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2277 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2278 }
2279
2280 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2281 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2283 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2284 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2285 }
2286
2287 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2288 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2289 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2290 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2292 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2293 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2294 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2295 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2296 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2297 }
2298
2299 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2300 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2301 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2302 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2304 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2305 }
2306
2307 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2308 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2310 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2311 }
2312
2313 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2314 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2316 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2317 }
2318
2319 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2321 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2322 }
2323
2324 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2325 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2326 /// stage by the backend.
2329 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2330 }
2331
2332 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2333 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2334 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2337 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2338 }
2339
2340 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2341 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2342 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2343 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2345 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2346 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2347 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2348 }
2349
2350 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2351 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2352 /// @{
2353
2356 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2357 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2358 }
2359
2360 /// @}
2361
2362 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2363 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2364 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2365 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2366 ///
2367 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2368 /// may be performed.
2369 ///
2370 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2371 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2372 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2373 ///
2374 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2375 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2376 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2377 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2378 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2379 /// seq_cst store).
2380 /// @{
2381 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2382 Instruction *Inst,
2383 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2384
2385 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2386 Instruction *Inst,
2387 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2388 /// @}
2389
2390 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2391 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2392 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2393 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2394 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2395 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2396 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2397
2398 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2399 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2400 return IsSigned;
2401 }
2402
2403 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2404 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2405 return true;
2406 }
2407
2408 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2409 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2413
2414 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2415 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2421
2422 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2423 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2424 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2428
2429 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2430 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2431 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2433 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2436 }
2437
2438 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2439 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2440 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2444
2445 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2446 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. Default is to never expand.
2447 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2452
2453 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2454 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2455 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2464
2465 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2466 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2467 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2468 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2469 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2470 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2471 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2472 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2473 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2474 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2475 /// another round of expansion.
2476 virtual LoadInst *
2478 return nullptr;
2479 }
2480
2481 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2482 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2484 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2485 }
2486
2487 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2488 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2489 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2490 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2491 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2492 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2493 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2494 /// extension.
2496 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2497 }
2498
2499 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2500 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2502 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2503 }
2504
2505 /// @}
2506
2507 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2508 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2509 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2510 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2511 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2513 EVT VT) const {
2514 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2515 // operations on those registers.
2517 return false;
2518 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2519 // registers.
2520 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2521 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2522 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2523 }
2524
2525 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2526
2527 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2528 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2529 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2530 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2531 return false;
2532 }
2533
2534 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2535 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2536 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2537 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2538 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2540 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2541 return false;
2542 }
2543
2544 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2545 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2546 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2547 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2548 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2549 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2550 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2551 /// decide.
2552 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2554 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2555 return true;
2556 }
2557
2558 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2559 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2560 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2561 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2562 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2563 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2564 bool IsSigned) const {
2565 return false;
2566 }
2567
2568 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2569 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2570 /// considered beneficial.
2571 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2572 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2573 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2574 if (Exponent < 0)
2575 Exponent = -Exponent;
2576 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2577 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2578 }
2579
2580 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2581 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2582 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2583 //
2584protected:
2585 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2586 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2588 BooleanContents = Ty;
2589 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2590 }
2591
2592 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2593 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2595 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2596 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2597 }
2598
2599 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2600 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2602 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2603 }
2604
2605 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2607 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2608 }
2609
2610 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2611 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2612
2613 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2614 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2615 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2616
2617 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2618 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2619
2620 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2621 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2623 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2624 }
2625
2626 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2627 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2628 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2629 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2630 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2631 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2632 }
2633
2634 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2635 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2636 /// control.
2637 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2638
2639 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2640 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2641 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2642 }
2643
2644 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2645 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2646 /// that class natively.
2648 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2649 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2650 }
2651
2652 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2653 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2654 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2655 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2656
2657 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2658 /// derived properties we expose.
2659 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2660
2661 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2662 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2663 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2664 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2665 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2666 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2667 }
2669 LegalizeAction Action) {
2670 for (auto Op : Ops)
2671 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2672 }
2674 LegalizeAction Action) {
2675 for (auto VT : VTs)
2676 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2677 }
2678
2679 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2680 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2681 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2682 LegalizeAction Action) {
2683 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2684 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2685 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2686 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2687 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2688 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2689 }
2690 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2691 LegalizeAction Action) {
2692 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2693 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2694 }
2696 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2697 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2698 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2699 }
2700
2701 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2702 /// is legal.
2703 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2704 LegalizeAction Action) {
2705 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2706 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2707 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2708 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2709 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2710 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2711 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2712 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2713 }
2715 LegalizeAction Action) {
2716 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2717 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2718 }
2720 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2721 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2722 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2723 }
2724
2725 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2726 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2727 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2728 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2729 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2730 }
2731
2732 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2733 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2734 ///
2735 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2736 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2738 LegalizeAction Action) {
2739 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2740 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2741 }
2742
2744 LegalizeAction Action) {
2745 for (auto VT : VTs)
2746 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2747 }
2748
2749 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2750 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2751 ///
2752 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2753 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2755 LegalizeAction Action) {
2756 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2757 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2758 }
2759
2761 LegalizeAction Action) {
2762 for (auto VT : VTs)
2763 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2764 }
2765
2766 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2767 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2768 ///
2769 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2770 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2771 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2772 LegalizeAction Action) {
2773 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2774 }
2775
2776 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2777 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2778 ///
2779 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2780 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2781 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2782 LegalizeAction Action) {
2783 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2784 }
2785
2786 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2787 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2789 LegalizeAction Action) {
2790 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2791 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2792 "Table isn't big enough!");
2793 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2794 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2795 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2796 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2797 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2798 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2799 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2800 }
2801 }
2803 LegalizeAction Action) {
2804 for (auto VT : VTs)
2805 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2806 }
2807
2808 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2809 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2810 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2811 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2812 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2813 LegalizeAction Action) {
2816 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2817 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2818 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2819 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2820 }
2822 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2823 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2824 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2825 }
2826
2827 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
2828 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
2829 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
2830 /// the default.
2831 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2832 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
2833 }
2834
2835 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
2836 /// in a single call.
2837 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2838 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
2839 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
2840 }
2842 MVT DestVT) {
2843 for (auto Op : Ops) {
2844 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
2845 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
2846 }
2847 }
2848
2849 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
2850 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
2851 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
2853 for (auto NT : NTs) {
2854 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
2855 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
2856 }
2857 }
2858
2859 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
2861 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2862 }
2863
2864 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
2865 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
2867 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2868 }
2869
2870 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
2871 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
2872 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
2873 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
2874 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
2875 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
2876 }
2877
2878 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2880 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
2881 }
2882
2883 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
2884 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
2885 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2886 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2887 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2888 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
2889 }
2890
2891 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2892 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2893 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2894 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2895 }
2896
2897 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
2898 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2899 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2900 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2901 }
2902
2903 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
2904 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2905 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
2906 }
2907
2908 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
2909 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
2910 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
2911 }
2912
2913public:
2914 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2915 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
2916 //
2917
2918 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
2919 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
2920 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
2921 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
2922 /// load/store.
2923 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
2924 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
2925 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
2926 return false;
2927 }
2928
2929 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
2930 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
2931 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
2932 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
2933 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
2934 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
2935 /// no scale.
2936 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
2937 struct AddrMode {
2939 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
2940 bool HasBaseReg = false;
2941 int64_t Scale = 0;
2942 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
2943 AddrMode() = default;
2944 };
2945
2946 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
2947 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
2948 ///
2949 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
2950 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
2951 /// pre/postinc as well.
2952 ///
2953 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
2954 ///
2955 /// TODO: Remove default argument
2956 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
2957 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
2958 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
2959
2960 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
2961 /// storage (TLS).
2962 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
2963 return false;
2964 }
2965
2966 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
2967 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
2968 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
2969 return 0;
2970 }
2971
2972 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
2973 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
2974 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
2975 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
2976 return true;
2977 }
2978
2979 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
2980 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
2981 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
2982 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
2983 return true;
2984 }
2985
2986 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
2987 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
2988 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
2989 /// immediate into a register.
2990 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
2991
2992 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
2993 /// store instruction.
2994 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
2995 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
2996 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
2997 return Value == 0;
2998 }
2999
3000 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3001 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3002 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3003 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3004 /// registers.
3006 return nullptr;
3007 }
3008
3009 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3010 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3011 /// 'To'.
3012 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3013 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3014 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3015 }
3016
3017 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3018 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3019 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3020 switch (Opcode) {
3021 case ISD::ADD:
3022 case ISD::SMIN:
3023 case ISD::SMAX:
3024 case ISD::UMIN:
3025 case ISD::UMAX:
3026 case ISD::MUL:
3027 case ISD::CLMUL:
3028 case ISD::CLMULH:
3029 case ISD::CLMULR:
3030 case ISD::MULHU:
3031 case ISD::MULHS:
3032 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3033 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3034 case ISD::FADD:
3035 case ISD::FMUL:
3036 case ISD::AND:
3037 case ISD::OR:
3038 case ISD::XOR:
3039 case ISD::SADDO:
3040 case ISD::UADDO:
3041 case ISD::ADDC:
3042 case ISD::ADDE:
3043 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3044 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3045 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3046 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3047 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3048 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3049 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3050 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3051 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3052 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3053 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3054 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3055 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3056 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3057 case ISD::ABDS:
3058 case ISD::ABDU:
3059 return true;
3060 default: return false;
3061 }
3062 }
3063
3064 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3065 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3066 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3067 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3068 return true;
3069 // These are non-commutative binops.
3070 switch (Opcode) {
3071 case ISD::SUB:
3072 case ISD::SHL:
3073 case ISD::SRL:
3074 case ISD::SRA:
3075 case ISD::ROTL:
3076 case ISD::ROTR:
3077 case ISD::SDIV:
3078 case ISD::UDIV:
3079 case ISD::SREM:
3080 case ISD::UREM:
3081 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3082 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3083 case ISD::FSUB:
3084 case ISD::FDIV:
3085 case ISD::FREM:
3086 return true;
3087 default:
3088 return false;
3089 }
3090 }
3091
3092 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3093 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3094 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3095 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3096 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3097 return false;
3098 }
3099
3100 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3101 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3102 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3103 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3104 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3105 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3106 return false;
3107 }
3108
3109 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3110 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3111 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3112 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3113 }
3114
3115 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3116 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3117 // Fallback to type matching.
3118 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3119 }
3120
3121 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3122
3123 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3124 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3125 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3126 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3127 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3128 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3129 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3130 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3131 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3132 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3133 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3134 case Instruction::FPExt:
3135 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3136 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3137 return true;
3138 break;
3139 case Instruction::ZExt:
3140 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3141 return true;
3142 break;
3143 case Instruction::SExt:
3144 break;
3145 default:
3146 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3147 }
3148 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3149 }
3150
3151 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3152 /// For example, in AArch64
3153 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3154 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3155 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3156 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3157 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3158 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3159 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3160 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3161
3162 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3163 // probably isn't free.
3164 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3165 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3166 return false;
3167
3168 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3169 unsigned LType;
3170 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3171 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3172 else {
3173 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3174 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3175 }
3176
3177 return isLoadLegal(VT, LoadVT, Load->getAlign(),
3178 Load->getPointerAddressSpace(), LType, false);
3179 }
3180
3181 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3182 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3183 ///
3184 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3185 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3186 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3187 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3188 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3189 /// does not deal with those cases.
3190 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3191 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3192 return false;
3193 }
3194
3195 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3196 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3197 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3198 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3199 }
3200
3201 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3202 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3203 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3204 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3205 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3206 }
3207
3208 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3209 /// zero-extension.
3210 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3211 return false;
3212 }
3213
3214 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3215 /// a larger type.
3216 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3217
3218 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3219 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3220 virtual bool
3222 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3223 return false;
3224 }
3225
3226 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3227 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3228 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3229 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3230 ///
3231 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3232 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3233 /// paired load.
3234 /// For instance, something like this:
3235 /// a = load i64* addr
3236 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3237 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3238 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3239 /// will be optimized into:
3240 /// b = load i32* addr1
3241 /// d = load i32* addr2
3242 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3243 ///
3244 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3245 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3246 /// loads.
3247 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3248 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3249 return false;
3250 }
3251
3252 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3253 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3254
3255 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3256 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3257 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3258
3259 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3260 /// true on success.
3261 ///
3262 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3263 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3264 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3265 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3266 /// result is uncondiitional.
3267 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3268 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3269 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3270 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3271 /// accessed.
3272 virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask,
3274 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3275 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3276 return false;
3277 }
3278
3279 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3280 /// true on success.
3281 ///
3282 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3283 /// or a vp.store.
3284 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3285 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3286 /// result is unconditional.
3287 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3288 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3289 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3290 /// accessed.
3291 virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask,
3292 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3293 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3294 return false;
3295 }
3296
3297 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3298 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3299 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3300 ///
3301 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3302 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3303 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3305 IntrinsicInst *DI) const {
3306 return false;
3307 }
3308
3309 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3310 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3311 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3312 ///
3313 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3314 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3315 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3316 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3317 /// result is uncondiitional.
3318 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3319 virtual bool
3321 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3322 return false;
3323 }
3324
3325 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3326 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3327 /// double-precision).
3328 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3329 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3330 "invalid fpext types");
3331 return false;
3332 }
3333
3334 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3335 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3336 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3337 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3338 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3339 return false;
3340 }
3341
3342 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3343 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3344 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3345 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3346 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3347 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3348 "invalid fpext types");
3349 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3350 }
3351
3352 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3353 /// extend node) is profitable.
3354 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3355
3356 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3357 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3358 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3359 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3360 return false;
3361 }
3362
3363 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3364 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3365 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3366 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3367 return false;
3368 }
3369
3370 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3371 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3372 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3373 ///
3374 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3375 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3376 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3377 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3378 ///
3379 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3380 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3382 EVT) const {
3383 return false;
3384 }
3385
3386 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3387 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3388 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3389 ///
3390 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3391 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3392 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3393 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3395 LLT) const {
3396 return false;
3397 }
3398
3399 /// IR version
3400 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3401 return false;
3402 }
3403
3404 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3405 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3406 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3407 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3408 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3409 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3410 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3411 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3412 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3413 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3414 case 16:
3415 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3416 case 32:
3417 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3418 case 64:
3419 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3420 default:
3421 break;
3422 }
3423
3424 return false;
3425 }
3426
3427 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3428 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3429 /// fadd/fsub.
3430 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3431 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3432 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3433 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3434 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3435 }
3436
3437 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3438 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3440 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3441 return false;
3442 }
3443
3444 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3445 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3446 /// i32 to i16.
3447 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3448 return false;
3449 }
3450
3451 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3452 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3453 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3454 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3455 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3456 SDValue X,
3457 SDValue Y) const {
3458 return false;
3459 }
3460
3461 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3462 /// just the constant itself.
3463 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3464 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3465 /// from a constant pool.
3467 Type *Ty) const {
3468 return false;
3469 }
3470
3471 /// Return true if EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is cheap for extracting this result type
3472 /// from this source type with this index. This is needed because
3473 /// EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of
3474 /// the first element, and only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3475 virtual bool isExtractSubvectorCheap(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT,
3476 unsigned Index) const {
3477 return false;
3478 }
3479
3480 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3481 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3482 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3483 return false;
3484 }
3485
3486 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3487 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3488 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3489 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3490 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3491 return false;
3492 }
3493
3494 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3495 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3496 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3497 /// matching of other patterns.
3498 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3499 bool MathUsed) const {
3500 // Form it if it is legal.
3501 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3502 return true;
3503
3504 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3505 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3506 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3507 return false;
3508
3509 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3510 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3511 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3512 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3513 // concrete users.
3514 if (VT.isVector())
3515 return false;
3516 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3517 }
3518
3519 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3520 // for the given \p VT.
3522 EVT VT) const {
3523 return false;
3524 }
3525
3526 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3527 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3528 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3529 return false;
3530 }
3531
3532 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3533 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3534 // same blocks of its users.
3535 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3536
3537 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3538 /// amount is not profitable.
3539 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3540 return false;
3541 }
3542
3543 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3544 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3546 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3547 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3548 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3549 }
3550
3551 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3552 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3553 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3554
3555 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT
3556 /// from min(max(fptoi)) saturation patterns.
3557 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3558 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3559 }
3560
3561 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3563 return false;
3564 }
3565
3566 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3567 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3568 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3569 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3570 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3571 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3572 return false;
3573 }
3574
3575 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3576 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3578 EVT PtrVT) const {
3579 return false;
3580 }
3581
3582 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3583 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3584
3585 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3586 /// and type
3589 return false;
3590 }
3591
3592 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3593 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3594 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3595 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3596 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3597 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3598 EVT ToVT) const {
3599 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3600 return Op;
3601 switch (Op) {
3602 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3604 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3605 break;
3609 break;
3610 case ISD::VP_FP_TO_UINT:
3611 if (isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT, ToVT))
3612 return ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT;
3613 break;
3614 default:
3615 break;
3616 }
3617 return Op;
3618 }
3619
3620 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3621 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3622 /// returned.
3625 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3626 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3627 return nullptr;
3628 }
3629
3631 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3632 }
3633
3634 const LibcallLoweringInfo &getLibcallLoweringInfo() const { return Libcalls; }
3635
3636 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3637 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3638 }
3639
3640 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3641 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3642 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3643 }
3644
3645 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3646 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3647 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3648 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3649 }
3650
3651 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3655
3656 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const { return Libcalls.getMemcpyImpl(); }
3657
3658 /// Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise
3659 /// RTLIB::Unsupported.
3660 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const {
3661 return RuntimeLibcallInfo.getSupportedLibcallImpl(FuncName);
3662 }
3663
3664 /// Get the comparison predicate that's to be used to test the result of the
3665 /// comparison libcall against zero. This should only be used with
3666 /// floating-point compare libcalls.
3667 ISD::CondCode getSoftFloatCmpLibcallPredicate(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const;
3668
3669 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall
3670 /// implementation.
3672 return Libcalls.getLibcallImplCallingConv(Call);
3673 }
3674
3675 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3676 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3678 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3679 }
3680
3681 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3682 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3683 /// the set of reserved registers.
3684 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3685 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3686
3687 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3688 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3689 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3690
3691 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3692 // GlobalISel Hooks
3693 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3694 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3695 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3696
3697
3698private:
3699 const TargetMachine &TM;
3700
3701 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3702 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3703 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3704 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3705 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3706
3707 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3708 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3709 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3710 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3711 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3712
3713 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3714 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3715 /// predication.
3716 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3717
3718 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3719 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3720 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3721
3722 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3723 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3724 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3725
3726 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3727 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3728 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3729
3730 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3731 /// register usage.
3732 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3733
3734 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3735 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3736
3737 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3738 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3739 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3740
3741 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3742 /// optimizing for speed).
3743 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3744
3745 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3746 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3747 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3748 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3749
3750 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3751 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3752 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3753
3754 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3755 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3756 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3757
3758 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3759 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3760 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3761 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3762
3763 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3764 /// backend supports.
3765 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3766
3767 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3768 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3769
3770 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3771 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3772
3773 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3774 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3775 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3776
3777 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3778 /// target supports natively.
3779 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3780 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3781 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3782
3783 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3784 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3785 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3786 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3787 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3788 /// representative class would be GR32.
3789 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3790
3791 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3792 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3793 /// pressure.
3794 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3795
3796 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3797 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3798 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3799 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3800 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3801 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3802
3803 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3804 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3805 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3806 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3807 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3808 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3809
3810 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3811 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3812 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3813 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3814 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3815
3816 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3817 /// (default) values are supported.
3818 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3819
3820 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3821 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3822 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3823
3824 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
3825 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
3826 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
3827 ///
3828 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
3829 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
3830 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
3831
3832 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
3833 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
3834 ///
3835 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
3836 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
3837 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
3838 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
3839
3840 using PartialReduceActionTypes =
3841 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
3842 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
3843 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
3844 /// deal with this operation.
3845 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
3846
3847 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
3848
3849private:
3850 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
3851 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
3852 /// array.
3853 unsigned char
3854 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
3855
3856 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
3857 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
3858 /// array.
3859 ///
3860 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
3861 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
3862 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
3863 PromoteToType;
3864
3865 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3866 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3867
3868 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
3869 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3870 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
3871
3872 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
3873 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
3874 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
3875 IMAB_Store = 0,
3876 IMAB_Load = 4,
3877 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
3878 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
3879 };
3880
3881 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
3882 LegalizeAction Action) {
3883 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
3884 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
3885 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3886 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
3887 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
3888 }
3889
3890 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
3891 unsigned Shift) const {
3892 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
3893 "Table isn't big enough!");
3894 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3895 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
3896 }
3897
3898protected:
3899 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3900 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
3901 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
3902 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
3903
3904 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
3905 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
3906 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
3907 /// expected to be merged.
3909
3910 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
3911 ///
3912 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
3913 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
3914 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3915 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
3916 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3917 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3918 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
3919 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
3921 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3923
3924 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
3925 ///
3926 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
3927 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
3928 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3929 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
3930 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3931 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3932 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
3933 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
3934 /// constant size.
3936 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3938 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
3939 ///
3940 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
3941 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
3942 // vectorization later on.
3944
3945 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
3946 ///
3947 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
3948 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
3949 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
3950 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
3951 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3952 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3953 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
3954 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
3955 /// constant size.
3957 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3959
3960 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
3961 ///
3962 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
3963 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
3964 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3965 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
3966 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3967 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3968 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
3969 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
3971 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3973
3974 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
3975 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
3977
3978 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
3980
3981 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
3982 /// register class are all legal.
3983 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
3984 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
3985
3986 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
3987 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
3989 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
3990
3992};
3993
3994/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
3995/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
3996///
3997/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
3998/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
4000public:
4001 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
4002 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
4003
4006
4007 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4008 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4010
4011 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4012
4015 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4016 return false;
4017 }
4018
4019 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4020 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4021 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4022 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4023 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4024 // restrict common combiner.
4026 SDValue N1) const {
4027 return N0.hasOneUse();
4028 }
4029
4030 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4031 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4032 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4033 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4034 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4035 // restrict common combiner.
4037 Register N1) const {
4038 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4039 }
4040
4041 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4042 return false;
4043 }
4044
4045 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4046 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4047 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4048 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4049 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4050 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4051 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4052 return false;
4053 }
4054
4055 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4056 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4057 /// post-indexed load / store.
4058 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4059 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4060 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4061 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4062 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4063 return false;
4064 }
4065
4066 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4067 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4068 /// considered for transformation.
4070 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4071 return false;
4072 }
4073
4074 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4075 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4076 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4077
4078 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4079 return getPointerTy(DL);
4080 }
4081
4082 virtual const MCExpr *
4084 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4085 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4086 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4087 }
4088
4089 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4090 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4091 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4092
4093 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4094 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4095 virtual const MCExpr *
4096 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4097 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4098
4099 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4100 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4101 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4102
4103 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4104 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4105 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4106 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4107 ///
4108 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4109 /// lowering to a direct call.
4110 virtual bool
4112 unsigned OpNo) const {
4113 return false;
4114 }
4115
4117 SDValue &Chain) const;
4118
4119 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4120 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4121 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4122 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4123
4124 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4125 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4126 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4127 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4128 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4129
4131 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4132 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4133 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4134 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4135 }
4136
4138 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4139 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4140 SDValue Mask) const {
4141 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4142 }
4143
4144 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4145 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4146 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4147 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4148 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4149 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4150
4151 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4152 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4153 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4154 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4155 const SDLoc &dl,
4156 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const {
4157 return makeLibCall(DAG, getLibcallImpl(LC), RetVT, Ops, CallOptions, dl,
4158 Chain);
4159 }
4160
4161 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4162 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4163 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4164 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4165 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4166 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4167 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4168
4169 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4170 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4171 //
4172
4173 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4174 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4175 /// combine.
4182
4184 bool LT, bool LO) :
4185 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4186
4187 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4188 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4189
4191 Old = O;
4192 New = N;
4193 return true;
4194 }
4195 };
4196
4197 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset /
4198 /// memcpy. Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold
4199 /// (Limit). Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0. It returns
4200 /// the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform memset / memcpy by
4201 /// reference. If LargestVT is non-null, the target may set it to the largest
4202 /// EVT that should be used for generating the memset value (e.g., for vector
4203 /// splats). If LargestVT is null or left unchanged, the caller will compute
4204 /// it from MemOps.
4205 virtual bool findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context,
4206 std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4207 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op,
4208 unsigned DstAS, unsigned SrcAS,
4209 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes,
4210 EVT *LargestVT = nullptr) const;
4211
4212 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4213 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4214 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4215 /// true.
4217 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4218 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4219
4220 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4222 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4223
4224 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4225 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4226 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4228 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4229 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4230 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4231 return false;
4232 }
4233
4234 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4235 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4236 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4237 /// widening casts.
4238 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4239 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4240 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4241
4242 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4243 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4244 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4245 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4246 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4247 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4248 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4249 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4250 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4251 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4252 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4253 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4254 /// has multiple uses.
4255 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4256 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4257 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4258 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4259
4260 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4261 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4262 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4263 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4264 unsigned Depth = 0,
4265 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4266
4267 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4268 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4269 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4270 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4271
4272 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4273 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4274 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4275 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4276 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4277
4278 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4279 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4280 /// bitwise ops etc.
4281 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4282 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4283 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4284 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4285
4286 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4287 /// elements.
4288 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4289 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4290 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4291
4292 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4293 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4294 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4295 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4296 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4297 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4298
4299 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4300 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4301 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4302 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4303 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4304 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4305 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4306 /// in the DemandedMask.
4307 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4308 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4309 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4310 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4311 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4312 /// has multiple uses.
4313 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4314 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4315 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4316 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4317
4318 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4319 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4320 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4321 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4322
4323 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4324 /// converting them to undefs.
4325 virtual bool
4327 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4328 return true;
4329 }
4330
4331 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4332 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4333 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4334 /// requested vector elements.
4335 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4336 KnownBits &Known,
4337 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4338 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4339 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4340
4341 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4342 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4343 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4344 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4345 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4346 Register R, KnownBits &Known,
4347 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4348 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4349 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4350
4351 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4352 Register R,
4353 KnownFPClass &Known,
4354 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4355 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4356 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4357
4358 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4359 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4360 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4361 /// independent from the known low bits.
4362 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4363 Register R,
4364 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4365 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4366
4367 /// Determine which of the bits of FrameIndex \p FIOp are known to be 0.
4368 /// Default implementation computes low bits based on alignment
4369 /// information. This should preserve known bits passed into it.
4370 virtual void computeKnownBitsForFrameIndex(int FIOp,
4371 KnownBits &Known,
4372 const MachineFunction &MF) const;
4373
4374 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4375 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4376 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4377 /// by the requested vector elements.
4378 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4379 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4380 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4381 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4382
4383 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4384 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4385 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4386 /// by the requested vector elements.
4387 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4388 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4389 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4390
4391 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4392 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4393 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4394 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4395 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4396 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4397 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4398 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4399
4400 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4401 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4402 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4403 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4404 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4405 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4406 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4407 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4408 KnownBits &Known,
4409 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4410 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4411
4412 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4413 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4414 /// bitwise ops etc.
4415 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4416 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4417 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4418
4419 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4420 /// and, if \p PoisonOnly is false, does not have undef bits. The DemandedElts
4421 /// argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4422 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4423 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4424 bool PoisonOnly, unsigned Depth) const;
4425
4426 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4427 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4428 /// vector elements.
4429 virtual bool
4430 canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4431 const SelectionDAG &DAG, bool PoisonOnly,
4432 bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4433
4434 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4435 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4436 /// function tries different variations.
4437 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4438 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4440 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4441
4442 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4443 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4444 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4445
4446 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4447 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4448 /// NaN.
4449 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4450 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4451 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4452 bool SNaN = false,
4453 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4454
4455 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4456 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4457 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4458 APInt &UndefElts,
4459 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4460 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4461
4462 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4463 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4465 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4466 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4467 }
4468
4469 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4470 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4471 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4472 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4473
4475 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4478
4479 public:
4481
4482 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4483 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4484
4485 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4487 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4490
4491 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4492 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4493 bool AddTo = true);
4494 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4495 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4496 bool AddTo = true);
4497
4498 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4499
4500 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4501 };
4502
4503 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4504 /// from getBooleanContents().
4505 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4506
4507 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4508 /// from getBooleanContents().
4509 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4510
4511 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4512 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4513
4514 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4515 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4516 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4517 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4518 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4519
4520 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4521 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4522
4523 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4524 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4525 virtual bool
4526 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4527
4528 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4529 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4530 /// for.
4531 ///
4532 /// The semantics are as follows:
4533 /// Return Value:
4534 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4535 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4536 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4537 ///
4538 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4539 /// more complex transformations.
4540 ///
4541 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4542
4543 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4544 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4545 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4546 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4547 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4548 ///
4549 /// @param N the shift node
4550 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4552 CombineLevel Level) const {
4553 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4554 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4555 return false;
4556 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4557 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4558 return false;
4559 return true;
4560 }
4561
4562 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4563 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4564 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4565 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4566 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4567 ///
4568 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4569 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4571 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4572 return true;
4573 }
4574
4575 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4576 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4577 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4578 return true;
4579 }
4580
4581 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4582 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4583 // writing this) is:
4584 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4585 // AddAnd:
4586 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4587 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4588 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4589 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4590 // ABS:
4591 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4592 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4593 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4594 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4595 //
4596 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4597 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4598 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4600 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4602 }
4603
4604 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4605 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4606 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4607 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4608 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4609 return true;
4610 }
4611
4612 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4613 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4614 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4615 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4616 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4617 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4618 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4619 }
4620
4621 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4622 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4623 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4624 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4625 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4626 return false;
4627 }
4628
4629 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4630 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4631 /// promotion type by reference.
4632 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4633 return false;
4634 }
4635
4636 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4637 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4638 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4639 return false;
4640 }
4641
4642 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4643 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4644 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4645 return false;
4646 }
4647
4648 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4649 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4650
4651 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4652 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4653
4654 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4655 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4656 /// selection.
4657 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4658 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4659 }
4660
4661 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4662 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4663 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4664 /// of instruction selection.
4666 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4667 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4668 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4669 }
4670
4671 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4672 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4673 /// do the negation.
4674 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4675 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4676 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4677 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4678
4680 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4682 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4684 SDValue Neg =
4685 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4686 if (!Neg)
4687 return SDValue();
4688
4689 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4690 return Neg;
4691
4692 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4693 if (Neg->use_empty())
4694 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4695 return SDValue();
4696 }
4697
4698 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4699 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4701 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4702 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4703 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4705 }
4706
4707 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4708 /// the cost is not expensive.
4710 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4712 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4713 }
4714
4715 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4716 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
4717 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
4718 //
4719
4720 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
4721 /// storing a legal type
4723 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
4724 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4725 return false;
4726 }
4727
4728 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
4729 virtual SDValue
4731 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
4732 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
4733 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4734 return SDValue();
4735 }
4736
4737 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
4738 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
4739 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
4740 /// return the resulting token chain value.
4742 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
4743 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
4744 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
4745 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4746 }
4747
4748 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
4749 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
4750 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
4751 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
4752 return SDValue();
4753 }
4754
4755 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
4756 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
4757
4758 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
4759 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
4760 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
4765
4766 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
4767 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
4768 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
4769 /// implementation.
4772 /// Original unlegalized return type.
4773 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
4774 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
4775 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
4776 bool RetSExt : 1;
4777 bool RetZExt : 1;
4778 bool IsVarArg : 1;
4779 bool IsInReg : 1;
4785 bool NoMerge : 1;
4786
4787 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
4788 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
4789 bool IsTailCall = false;
4790
4791 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
4793
4794 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
4800 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
4805 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
4808
4809 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
4810
4816
4818 DL = dl;
4819 return *this;
4820 }
4821
4823 Chain = InChain;
4824 return *this;
4825 }
4826
4827 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
4829 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4830 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
4831 std::move(ArgsList));
4832 }
4833
4835 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
4836 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4837 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
4838 RetTy = ResultType;
4839 Callee = Target;
4840 CallConv = CC;
4841 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4842 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4843
4844 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
4845 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
4846 return *this;
4847 }
4848
4850 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4851 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
4852 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4853 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
4854 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
4855 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
4856 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
4857
4858 Callee = Target;
4859 CallConv = CC;
4860 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4861 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4862 return *this;
4863 }
4864
4866 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4867 const CallBase &Call) {
4868 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4869
4870 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
4872 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
4873 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
4874 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
4875 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
4876 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
4877 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
4878 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
4879
4880 Callee = Target;
4881
4882 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
4883 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
4884 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4885
4886 CB = &Call;
4887
4888 return *this;
4889 }
4890
4892 IsInReg = Value;
4893 return *this;
4894 }
4895
4898 return *this;
4899 }
4900
4902 IsVarArg = Value;
4903 return *this;
4904 }
4905
4907 IsTailCall = Value;
4908 return *this;
4909 }
4910
4913 return *this;
4914 }
4915
4918 return *this;
4919 }
4920
4922 RetSExt = Value;
4923 return *this;
4924 }
4925
4927 RetZExt = Value;
4928 return *this;
4929 }
4930
4933 return *this;
4934 }
4935
4938 return *this;
4939 }
4940
4942 PAI = Value;
4943 return *this;
4944 }
4945
4948 return *this;
4949 }
4950
4952 CFIType = Type;
4953 return *this;
4954 }
4955
4958 return *this;
4959 }
4960
4962 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
4963 return *this;
4964 }
4965
4967 return Args;
4968 }
4969 };
4970
4971 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
4973 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
4974 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
4978
4979 bool IsSigned : 1;
4983 bool IsSoften : 1;
4984
4988
4990 IsSigned = Value;
4991 return *this;
4992 }
4993
4996 return *this;
4997 }
4998
5001 return *this;
5002 }
5003
5006 return *this;
5007 }
5008
5010 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
5011 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5012 IsSoften = true;
5013 return *this;
5014 }
5015
5016 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5017 /// the type from the operand's node.
5019 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5020 return *this;
5021 }
5022 };
5023
5024 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5025 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5026 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5027 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5028 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5029
5030 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5031 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5032 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5033 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5034 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5035 virtual SDValue
5037 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5038 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5039 }
5040
5041 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5042 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5043
5044 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5045 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5046 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5047 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5048 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5049 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5050 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5051 {
5052 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5053 return true;
5054 }
5055
5056 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5057 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5058 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5059 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5060 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5061 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5062 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5063 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5064 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5065 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5066 }
5067
5068 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5069 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5070 ///
5071 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5072 /// tail call at legalization time.
5073 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5074 return false;
5075 }
5076
5077 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5078 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5079 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5080 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5081 return false;
5082 }
5083
5084 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5085 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5086 /// so the default action is to bail.
5087 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5088 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5089 report_fatal_error("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5090 }
5091
5092 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5093 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5094 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5095 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5096 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5097 /// necessary information.
5099 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5100 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(MVT::i32);
5101 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5102 }
5103
5104 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5105 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5106 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5107 virtual bool
5109 bool isVarArg,
5110 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5111 return false;
5112 }
5113
5114 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5115 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5116 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5117 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5118 virtual bool
5120 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5121 }
5122
5123 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5124 /// scratch registers.
5126 return nullptr;
5127 }
5128
5129 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5130 /// attached into strict FP call.
5134
5135 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5136 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5137 ///
5138 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5139 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5140 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5141 /// implementation does nothing.
5143 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5144 return Chain;
5145 }
5146
5147 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5148 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5149 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5150 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5151 /// use this callback.
5152 ///
5153 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5154 ///
5155 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5156 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5157 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5158 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5159 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5160 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5162 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5163
5164 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5165 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5166 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5167 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5168 /// aborts.
5169 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5170
5171 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5172 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5173 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5174 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5175 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5176 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5177 ///
5178 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5179 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5180 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5181 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5182 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5183 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5184 }
5185
5186 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5187 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5188
5189 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5190 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5192 const TargetLibraryInfo *,
5193 const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const {
5194 return nullptr;
5195 }
5196
5197 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5198 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5199 //
5200
5202 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5203 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5204 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5205 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5206 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5207 C_Other, // Something else.
5208 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5209 };
5210
5212 // Generic weights.
5213 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5214 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5215 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5216 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5217 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5218
5219 // Well-known weights.
5220 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5221 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5222 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5223 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5224 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5225 };
5226
5227 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5229 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5230 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5231 /// matches the operand.
5232 std::string ConstraintCode;
5233
5234 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5235 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5237
5238 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5239 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5240 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5242
5243 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5244 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5245
5246 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5249
5250 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5251 /// like "4".
5252 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5253
5254 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5255 /// operand it matches.
5256 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5257 };
5258
5259 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5260
5261 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5262 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5263 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5264 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5266 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5267 const CallBase &Call) const;
5268
5269 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5270 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5272 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5273
5274 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5275 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5277 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5278
5279 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5280 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5281 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5282 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5283 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5284 SDValue Op,
5285 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5286
5287 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5288 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5289
5290 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5292 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5293 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5294 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5295 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5296 /// preferences.
5298
5299 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5300 /// number and the register class for the register.
5301 ///
5302 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5303 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5304 /// pointer.
5305 ///
5306 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5307 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5308 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5310 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5311
5313 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5314 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5316 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5318 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5320 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5323 }
5324
5325 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5326 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5327 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5328 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5329
5330 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5331 /// add anything to Ops.
5332 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5333 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5334 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5335
5336 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5337 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5338 const SDLoc &DL,
5339 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5340 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5341
5342 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5343 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5344 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5346 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5347
5348 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5349 // Div utility functions
5350 //
5351
5352 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5353 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5354 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5355 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5356 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5357 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5358 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5359 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5360 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5361 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5362
5363 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5364 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5365 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5366 /// operations.
5367 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5368 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5369 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5370
5371 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5372 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5373 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5374 /// operations.
5375 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5376 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5377 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5378
5379 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5380 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5381 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5382 /// that must exist.
5383 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5384 return 0;
5385 }
5386
5387 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5388 /// roots.
5389
5390 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5391 /// operand.
5392 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5393 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5394 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5395 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5396 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5397 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5398 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5399 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5400 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5401 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5402 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5403 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5404 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5406 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5407 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5408 return SDValue();
5409 }
5410
5411 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5412 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5413 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5414 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5415 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5416 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5417
5418 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5419 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5420 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5421 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5422 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5423 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5424 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5425 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5426 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5427 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5429 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5430 return SDValue();
5431 }
5432
5433 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5434 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5435 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5436 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5437 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5438 const DenormalMode &Mode,
5439 SDNodeFlags Flags = {}) const;
5440
5441 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5442 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5444 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5445 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5446 }
5447
5448 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5449 // Legalization utility functions
5450 //
5451
5452 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5453 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5454 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5455 /// in little-endian order.
5456 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5457 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5458 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5459 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5460 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5461 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5462 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5463 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5464 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5465 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5466 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5467
5468 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5469 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5470 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5471 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5472 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5473 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5474 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5475 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5476 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5477 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5478 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5479 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5480 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5481
5482 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using a n/2-bit
5483 /// urem by constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant
5484 /// will be expanded by DAGCombiner. This is not possible for all constant
5485 /// divisors.
5486 /// \param N Node to expand
5487 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5488 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5489 /// by the remainder parts.
5490 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5491 /// half of VT.
5492 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5493 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5494 /// the LHS.
5495 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5496 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5497 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5498 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5499 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5500 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5501
5502 /// Expand funnel shift.
5503 /// \param N Node to expand
5504 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5505 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5506
5507 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5508 /// \param N Node to expand
5509 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5510 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5511
5512 /// Expand rotations.
5513 /// \param N Node to expand
5514 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5515 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5516 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5517 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5518
5519 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5520 /// \param N Node to expand
5521 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5522 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5523 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5524 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5525
5526 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5527 /// \param N Node to expand
5528 /// \param Result output after conversion
5529 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5530 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5531
5532 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5533 /// \param N Node to expand
5534 /// \param Result output after conversion
5535 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5536 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5537 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5538 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5539
5540 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5541 /// \param N Node to expand
5542 /// \param Result output after conversion
5543 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5544 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5545 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5546 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5547
5548 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5549 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5550
5551 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5552 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5553
5554 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5555 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5556
5557 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5558 /// \param N Node to expand
5559 /// \returns The expansion result
5560 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5561
5562 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5563 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5564 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5565 /// \param Op The value to round.
5566 /// \returns The expansion result
5567 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5568 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5569
5570 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5571 /// \param N Node to expand
5572 /// \returns The expansion result
5573 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5574
5575 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5576 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5577 /// \param Op The tested value.
5578 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5579 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5580 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5581 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5582 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5583 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5584
5585 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5586 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5587 /// \param N Node to expand
5588 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5589 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5590
5591 /// Expand VP_CTPOP nodes.
5592 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5593 SDValue expandVPCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5594
5595 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_UNDEF nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5596 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5597 /// \param N Node to expand
5598 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5599 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5600
5601 /// Expand VP_CTLZ/VP_CTLZ_ZERO_UNDEF nodes.
5602 /// \param N Node to expand
5603 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5604 SDValue expandVPCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5605
5606 /// Expand CTLS (count leading sign bits) nodes.
5607 /// CTLS(x) = CTLZ(OR(SHL(XOR(x, SRA(x, BW-1)), 1), 1))
5608 /// \param N Node to expand
5609 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5610 SDValue expandCTLS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5611
5612 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5613 /// \param N Node to expand
5614 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5615 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5616 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5617
5618 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_UNDEF nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5619 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5620 /// \param N Node to expand
5621 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5622 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5623
5624 /// Expand VP_CTTZ/VP_CTTZ_ZERO_UNDEF nodes.
5625 /// \param N Node to expand
5626 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5627 SDValue expandVPCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5628
5629 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_UNDEF nodes.
5630 /// \param N Node to expand
5631 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5632 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5633
5634 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5635 /// \param N Node to expand
5636 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5637 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5638
5639 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5640 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5641 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5642 /// \param N Node to expand
5643 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5644 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5645 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5646 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5647
5648 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5649 /// \param N Node to expand
5650 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5651 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5652
5653 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5654 /// \param N Node to expand
5655 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5656 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5657
5658 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5659 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5660 /// \param N Node to expand
5661 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5662 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5663
5664 /// Expand VP_BSWAP nodes. Expands VP_BSWAP nodes with
5665 /// i16/i32/i64 scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails. \param N Node
5666 /// to expand \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5667 SDValue expandVPBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5668
5669 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5670 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5671 /// \param N Node to expand
5672 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5673 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5674
5675 /// Expand VP_BITREVERSE nodes. Expands VP_BITREVERSE nodes with
5676 /// i8/i16/i32/i64 scalar types. \param N Node to expand \returns The
5677 /// expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5678 SDValue expandVPBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5679
5680 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
5681 /// \param LD load to expand
5682 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
5683 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5684 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5685
5686 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
5687 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
5688 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
5690
5691 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
5692 /// possibly more for vectors.
5693 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5694 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5695
5696 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
5697 /// possibly more for vectors.
5698 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5699
5700 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
5701 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
5702 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
5703 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
5704 /// in the \p Mask.
5705 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
5706 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
5707 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
5708 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5709 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
5710
5711 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5712 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5713 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5714 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
5715 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5716 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
5717 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
5718 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5719
5720 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5721 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5722 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5723 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
5724 /// location large enough for the vector.
5726 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
5727 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
5730 }
5731
5732 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
5733 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
5734 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
5735 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
5736 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
5737 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
5738 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5739 SDValue
5740 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
5741 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
5742 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5743
5744 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
5745 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5746 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5747
5748 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
5749 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5750 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5751
5752 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
5753 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
5754 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5755
5756 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
5757 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5758 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5759
5760 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
5761 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5762 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5763
5764 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
5765 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5766 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
5767 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
5768 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
5770 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5771
5772 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5773 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5774 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5775 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5776
5777 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5778 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5779 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5780 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5781
5782 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
5783 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5784 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5785 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5786
5787 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
5788 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
5789 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
5790 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5791 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5793 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
5794 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
5795
5796 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
5797 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
5798 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
5799 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5800 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5801 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
5802 SDValue &Hi) const;
5803
5804 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
5805 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
5806 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5807
5808 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
5809 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5810
5811 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
5812 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
5813 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5814
5815 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
5816 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
5817 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5818
5819 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
5820 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
5821 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5822
5823 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
5824 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
5825 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5826
5827 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
5828 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
5829 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
5830 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
5831 /// value.
5832 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
5833 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
5835 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
5836
5837 /// Legalize a SETCC or VP_SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC
5838 /// on the current target. A VP_SETCC will additionally be given a Mask
5839 /// and/or EVL not equal to SDValue().
5840 ///
5841 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
5842 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
5843 /// will be set to false. This will also hold if the VP_SETCC has been
5844 /// legalized using VP_AND / VP_OR.
5845 ///
5846 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized by using
5847 /// getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then the values of LHS and RHS will be
5848 /// swapped, CC will be set to the new condition, and NeedInvert will be set
5849 /// to false.
5850 ///
5851 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode,
5852 /// then LHS and RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode,
5853 /// and NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of
5854 /// the SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to
5855 /// swap the effect of a true/false result.
5856 ///
5857 /// \returns true if the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized, false if it
5858 /// hasn't.
5859 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
5860 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, SDValue Mask,
5861 SDValue EVL, bool &NeedInvert, const SDLoc &dl,
5862 SDValue &Chain, bool IsSignaling = false) const;
5863
5864 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5865 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
5866 //
5867
5868 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
5869 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
5870 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
5871 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
5872 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
5873 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
5874 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
5875 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
5876 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
5877 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
5878
5879 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
5880 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
5881 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
5882 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
5883 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
5884 SDNode *Node) const;
5885
5886 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
5887 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
5888 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
5889
5891 const SDLoc &DL) const {
5892 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
5893 }
5894
5895 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
5896 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
5897 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5898
5899 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
5900 /// expansion.
5901 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
5902 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
5903 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5904
5905 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
5906 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
5907 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
5908 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
5909 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5910
5911 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
5913 return true;
5914 }
5915
5916 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
5917 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
5918 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5919
5920 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
5921 ///
5922 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
5923 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
5924 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
5925 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
5926 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
5927 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
5928 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
5929 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
5930 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5931
5932protected:
5933 void setTypeIdForCallsiteInfo(const CallBase *CB, MachineFunction &MF,
5934 MachineFunction::CallSiteInfo &CSInfo) const;
5935
5936private:
5937 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5938 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
5939 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5940 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
5941 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5942 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
5943
5944 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
5946 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
5947 const SDLoc &DL) const;
5948
5949 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
5950 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
5951 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5952 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
5953
5954 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
5955 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5956 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
5957 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5958 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
5959 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
5960 const SDLoc &DL) const;
5961
5962 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
5963 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5964 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
5965 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5966 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
5967 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
5968 const SDLoc &DL) const;
5969};
5970
5971/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
5972/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
5973/// being lowered to memory.
5974LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
5975 AttributeList attr,
5976 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
5977 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
5978
5979} // end namespace llvm
5980
5981#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
return SDValue()
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:849
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:213
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:322
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
static Type * getValueType(Value *V)
Returns the type of the given value/instruction V.
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1503
ArrayRef - Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:407
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:110
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:320
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:66
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:763
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static constexpr LLT scalar(unsigned SizeInBits)
Get a low-level scalar or aggregate "bag of bits".
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:68
Tracks which library functions to use for a particular subtarget.
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneNonDBGUse(Register RegNo) const
hasOneNonDBGUse - Return true if there is exactly one non-Debug use of the specified register.
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:67
MutableArrayRef - Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memo...
Definition ArrayRef.h:298
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bit of the poin...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
StringRef - Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:55
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue())
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, bool LegalOnly) const
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool useStackGuardXorFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should XOR the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(const AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
const LibcallLoweringInfo & getLibcallLoweringInfo() const
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
CallingConv::ID getLibcallImplCallingConv(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall implementation.
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP immediate natively.
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isExtractSubvectorCheap(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is cheap for extracting this result type from this source type with ...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool shouldExpandVectorMatch(EVT VT, unsigned SearchSize) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.vector.match intrinsic should be expanded for vector type ‘VT’ ...
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const
Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise RTLIB::Unsupported.
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual void getTgtMemIntrinsic(SmallVectorImpl< IntrinsicInfo > &Infos, const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF, unsigned Intrinsic) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Se...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setLoadExtAction an...
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const
Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
MVT getRegisterType(MVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT from min(max(fptoi)) satur...
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardXorFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as LC.
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *, const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:284
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:186
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:257
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:256
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ Fast
Attempts to make calls as fast as possible (e.g.
Definition CallingConv.h:41
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:41
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:275
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:394
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:294
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:522
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:264
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:400
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:853
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:417
@ CLMUL
Carry-less multiplication operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:774
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:407
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:844
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:715
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:374
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:672
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:348
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:704
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:765
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Perform floating-point minimumNumber or maximumNumber on two values,...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:850
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Perform floating-point minimum maximum on two values, following IEEE-754 definition...
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:727
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:413
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:478
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:477
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - NaN-propagating minimum/maximum that also treat -0.0 as less than 0....
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:926
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:739
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:710
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:304
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:681
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:365
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - minimumnum/maximumnum that is same with FMINNUM_IEEE and FMAXNUM_IEEE besid...
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:722
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
This namespace contains an enum with a value for every intrinsic/builtin function known by LLVM.
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:58
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
Definition CommandLine.h:52
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
Definition Types.h:26
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:532
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1759
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:134
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:154
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:337
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1654
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
LLVM_ABI void report_fatal_error(Error Err, bool gen_crash_diag=true)
Definition Error.cpp:163
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:82
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:539
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1667
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1917
static cl::opt< unsigned > CostThreshold("dfa-cost-threshold", cl::desc("Maximum cost accepted for the transformation"), cl::Hidden, cl::init(50))
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:870
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:77
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:145
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:70
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:308
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:155
TypeSize getSizeInBits() const
Return the size of the specified value type in bits.
Definition ValueTypes.h:381
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:251
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:324
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:176
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:150
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:165
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:160
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:106
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool allowOverlap() const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
bool isMemcpyWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isZeroMemset() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)